temperature

Showing all 5 results

    Features
    • Provides a 12:1 Distance to spot ratio
    • Offers single laser targeting for accurate and repeatable measurements
    • IP54 rating against dust and moisture
    • High and low alarms for rapid detection of temperatures outside the limits
    • Powered by a single, standard AA battery
    • Withstands a 9.8′ (3 m) drop
    • Small, lightweight form factor to clip comfortably to your tool belt or belt loop, or easily fit in your tool box
    • A large, backlit display to make data easier to read, even in dark areas
    • Displays Min/Max/Avg/Dif: the minimum, maximum or average temperature, or the difference between two measurements
    Applications
    • Non-contact temperature
    Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
    Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
    Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
    Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
    Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
    Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
    Stabilization Time 7 minutes
    Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
    Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
    Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
    Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
    Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
    Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
    Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
    Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
    Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features
    • Lightweight, portable, and fast
    • Heat to 1220°F (660°C) in 15 minutes
    • Built-in two-channel readout for PRT, RTD, thermocouple, 4 to 20 mA current
    • True reference thermometry with accuracy to ±0.01°C
    • On-board automation and documentation
    • Metrology performance in accuracy, stability, uniformity, and loading
    Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
    • Transmitter loop calibrations
    • Comparison calibrations
    • Simple checks of thermocouple sensors
    The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how you would like. Both methods are fast and easy. Metrology performance for high-accuracy measurements Unlike traditional dry-wells, field metrology wells maximize speed and portability without compromising the six key metrology performance criteria laid out by the EA: accuracy, stability, axial (vertical) uniformity, radial (well-to-well) uniformity, loading, and hysteresis. All criteria are important in ensuring accurate measurements in all calibration applications. Field Metrology Well displays are calibrated with high quality traceable and accredited PRTs. Each device (process and non-process versions) comes with an IEC-17025 NVLAP-accredited calibration certificate, which is backed by a robust uncertainty analysis that considers temperature gradients, loading effects, and hysteresis. The display accuracy ranges from ±0.35°C at 788°F (420°C) to ±0.5°C at ±1220°F (±660°C). Each calibration is backed with a 4:1 test uncertainty ratio. New control technology guarantees excellent performance in extreme environmental conditions. It is stable to ±0.05°C. But this is not all! Thermal block characteristics provide radial (well-towell) uniformity performance to ±0.01°C. Dual-zone control helps these tools achieve axial uniformity to ±0.05°C at 1.6″ (40 mm). Automation and documentation make each unit a turnkey solution The process versions of field metrology wells have onboard non-volatile memory for documentation of up to 20 tests. Each test can be given a unique alphanumeric ID and will record block temperature, reference temperature, UUT values, error, date, and time. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel or exported using Model 9930 Interface-it software, which is included with each shipment. Interface it allows you to pull the raw data into a calibration report or an ASCII file. Each test can be easily viewed via the front panel. Use the 1586A Super-DAQ to automate temperature sensor calibration with these wells. Operation is as easy as 1-2-3 You’ll find field metrology wells intuitive and easy to use. Each unit is equipped with a large, easy-to-read LCD display, function keys, and menu navigation buttons. Its “SET PT.” button makes it straightforward and simple to set the block temperature. Each product has a stability indicator that visually and audibly tells you the well is stable to the selectable criteria. Each unit offers preprogrammed calibration routines stored in memory for easy recall, and all inputs are easily accessible via the front panel of the instrument. Never buy a temperature calibration tool from a company that only dabbles in metrology (or doesn’t even know the word). Designed and manufactured by the same people who equip the calibration laboratories of the world’s leading temperature scientists. These are the people around the world who decide what a Kelvin is! We know a thing or two more about temperature calibration than the vast majority of the world’s dry-well suppliers. Yes, they can connect a piece of metal to a heater and a control sensor. But we invite you to compare all our specs against the few that they publish. Small dry wells for big field applications Packed with functionality and are remarkably easy to use. They are lightweight, small, and quick to reach temperature set points, yet they are stable, uniform, and accurate. These industrial temperature loop calibrators are ideal for performing transmitter loop calibrations, comparison calibrations, or simple checks of thermocouple sensors. With the “process” option, there is no need to carry additional tools into the field. This optional built-in two-channel readout reads resistance, voltage, and 4 to 20 mA current with 24 volt loop power. It also has on-board automation and documentation. High performance for the industrial environment Designed for the industrial process environment and fast speed to temperature. They weigh less than 18 lbs (8.2 kg) and have a small footprint, which makes them easy to transport. Field environment conditions are typically unstable, having wide temperature variations. Each metrology well has a built-in gradient-temperature compensation (patent pending) that adjusts control characteristics to ensure stable performance in unstable environments. In fact, all specifications are guaranteed over the environmental range of 55.4 to 91.4°F (13 to 33°C). Applications
The non-contact Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer has a temperature range of -25 to 1400°F (-32 to 760°C). At only 320g (11 oz), the Raytek Raynger ST80 has a response time of 500msec (95% of reading). This infrared thermometer’s simple operation sequence of point, shoot, and read is what makes gathering temperature data easier than ever. Suited to the most demanding applications, the Raytek Raynger ST80 Pro Plus Infrared Thermometer includes innovative features like extra-bright single-point laser sighting, a wide temperature range, and 12-point data logging. The Raynger ST80 is rugged and durable and includes a jack for an RTD temperature probe. Infrared thermometers from the Raytek Raynger ST80 Series can be tripod-mounted for hands-free operation. Facility maintenance, HVAC/R systems, food safety, electrical and industrial, and marine maintenance are just some of the areas in which the Raytek Raynger ST80 infrared thermometer can be employed. Other applications include automotive and diesel, asphalt work, and fire safety. Powered by 9V alkaline or NiCad batteries, the ST80 infrared thermometer’s target spot sizes at focus point is distance to spot of 50:1 (D:S = 50:1).
Features Applications
Range –13 to 284°F (–25 to 140°C) at 23°C ambient
Accuracy ±0.25°C (holes greater than ¼” [6.35 mm]: ±1°C)
Stability ±0.02°C at -13°F (–25°C) ±0.04°C at 284°F (140°C)
Well-to-Well Uniformity ±0.1°C between similarly sized wells
Heating Times 18 minutes from ambient to 284°F (140°C)
Cooling Times 20 minutes from ambient to -13°F (–25°C)
Stabilization Time 7 minutes
Immersion Depth 4.875″ (124 mm)
Inserts Insert A, B, C, or D included (specify when ordering)
Outside Insert Dimensions 1.25 x 488″ (31.8 x 124 mm)
Computer Interface RS-232 included with free Interface-it software
Power 115 V AC (±10%), 1.3 A or 230 V AC (±10%), 0.7 A, switchable, 50/60 Hz, 150 W
Wells 1⁄16” (1.6 mm), 1⁄8” (3.2 mm), 3⁄16” (4.8 mm), 1⁄4” (6.35 mm), 3⁄8” (9.5 mm), and 1⁄2” (12.7 mm)
Dimensions 5.63 x 10.25 x 9.63″ (143 x 261 x 245 mm)
Weight 12 lbs (5.7 kg)
Designed to be a reliable, stable heat source that can be used in the field or laboratory, the unit is easy to use while maintaining stability, uniformity, and accuracy. Featuring a large LCD, many useful operating parameters including block temperature, current set-point, block stability, and heating and cooling status can be continuously displayed. Features Built-in features to address large workloads and common applications Whether you need to calibrate 4 to 20 mA transmitters or a simple thermostatic switch, a Field Metrology Well is the right tool for the job. With three models covering the range of -13 to 1220°F (–25 to 660°C), this metrology well calibrates a wide range of sensor types. The optional process version provides a built-in two-channel thermometer readout that measures PRTs, RTDs, thermocouples, and 4 to 20 mA transmitters which includes the 24 V loop supply to power the transmitter. Each process version accepts an ITS-90 reference PRT. The built-in readout accuracy ranges from ±0.01 °C to ±0.07 °C depending on the measured temperature. Reference PRTs for Field Metrology Wells contain individual calibration constants that reside in a memory chip located inside the sensor housing, so sensors may be used interchangeably. The second channel is user-selectable for 2-, 3-, or 4-wire RTDs, thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA transmitters. For comparison calibration, don’t hassle with carrying multiple instruments to the field. Field Metrology Wells do it all as a single instrument. Traditionally, calibrations of temperature transmitters have been performed on the measurement electronics, while the sensor remained uncalibrated. Studies have shown, however, that typically 75% of the error in the transmitter system (transmitter electronics and temperature sensor) is in the sensing element. Thus, it becomes important to calibrate the whole loop—both electronics and sensor. The process option makes transmitter loop calibrations easy. The transmitter sensor is placed in the well with the reference PRT and the transmitter electronics are connected to the front panel of the instrument. With 24 V loop power, you are able to power and measure the transmitter current while sourcing and measuring temperature in the Field Metrology Well. This allows for the measurement of as-found and as-left data in one self-contained calibration tool. Allows for two types of automated thermostatic switch test procedures—auto or manual setup. Auto setup requires the entry of only the nominal switch temperature. With this entry, it will run a 3-cycle calibration procedure and provide final results for the dead band temperature via the display. If you need to customize the ramp rate or run additional cycles, the manual setup allows you to program and run the procedure exactly how y